blob: de8a665e16b1e760a2e6bca7f2d4b9d995800186 [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Mar 10
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
933
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000934ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000935
936*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
937hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
938using. For Perl script use: >
939 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
940 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
941For Visual Basic use: >
942 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
943 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
944
945
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000946BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000947
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200948The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000949for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
950are supported.
951
952Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
953in ones |.vimrc|: >
954 let baan_code_stds=1
955
956*baan-folding*
957
958Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
959mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
960source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
961
962To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
963 let baan_fold=1
964Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
965indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
966considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_block=1
968Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000969SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000970match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
971 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000972Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000973the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
974.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
975 set foldminlines=5
976 set foldnestmax=6
977
978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000979BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000981Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
983five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
984otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
985Basic.
986
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000987If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
988example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
989 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000992C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000993
994A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100995(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000996 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100997 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
998To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001000Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001002An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1003 :set filetype=cpp
1004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001005Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001006*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1007*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001008*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1009*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001010*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1011*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1012*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001013 ...except { and } in first column
1014 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1015 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1017 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001018*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001019*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1021*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001022*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001023 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001024*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1025*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1026*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1027*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1028*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001029*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1030*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001032When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1033become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1034 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001035"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1036 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001037
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1039when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1040to a larger number: >
1041 :let c_minlines = 100
1042This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1043displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1044disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1045
1046When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1047works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1048you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1049
1050To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1051Example: >
1052 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1053 :function MyCadd()
1054 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1055 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1056 : hi link cMyItem Title
1057 :endfun
1058
1059ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1060"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1061not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1062highlighting: >
1063 :hi link cConstant NONE
1064
1065If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1066highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1067
1068If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001069in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001070~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 syn sync fromstart
1072 set foldmethod=syntax
1073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001074CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001075
1076C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1077the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1078
1079By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1080of C or C++: >
1081 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001084CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001085
1086Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1087that are available. Additionally there is:
1088
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1090chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1091chill_minlines like c_minlines
1092
1093
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001094CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001095
1096ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1097If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1098 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1099This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1100"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1101file).
1102
1103You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1104 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1105Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1106 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1107This works immediately.
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001110CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1111
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001112 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1113
1114Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1115but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1116|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1117syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001118>
1119 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1121 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001122 \ }
1123<
1124Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1125
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001126There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1127this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1128dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001129
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001130By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1131"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1132namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001133
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001134
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001135 *g:clojure_fold*
1136
1137Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1138list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1139the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1140
1141
1142 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1143
1144Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1145reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001146>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 #_(defn foo [x]
1148 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1151(e.g. `#_#_`).
1152
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001153
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001154COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001155
1156COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1157development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1158versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1159add this line to your .vimrc: >
1160 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1161To disable it again, use this: >
1162 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1163
1164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001165COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001166
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001167The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001168comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1169
1170 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1171
1172The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1173
1174
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001175CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1176
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001177Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001180cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001181cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001182cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1183cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001184
1185
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001186CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001187
1188This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1189used.
1190
1191Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1192symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1193between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1195>
1196 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001197
1198For using tcsh: >
1199
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001200 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
1202Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1203tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001204will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001205"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1206variable.
1207
1208
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001209CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001210
1211Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001212hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001214normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001215line to your .vimrc file: >
1216
1217 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1218
1219Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1220
1221 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1222
1223To disable these again, use this: >
1224
1225 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1226 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1227<
1228
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001229CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001230
1231Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1232doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1233startup vimrc: >
1234 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1235
1236
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001237DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1238
1239Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1240used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1241a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1242from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1243
1244More information about the language and its development environment at the
1245official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1246
1247dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1248type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1249and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1250framework.
1251
1252Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1253
1254https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1255
1256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001257DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
1259Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001260according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001261https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1262To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1263 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1264Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1265To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1266 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1267g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268
1269
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001270DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001271
1272The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1273there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1274
1275 :let diff_translations = 0
1276
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001277Also see |diff-slow|.
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1282provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1283the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1284versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1285uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1286line to your startup file: >
1287 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1288
1289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001290DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001291DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1292DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001293
1294There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1295are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1296automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1297defaults to XML.
1298You can set the type manually: >
1299 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1300or: >
1301 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1302You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1303Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1304 :set filetype=docbksgml
1305or: >
1306 :set filetype=docbkxml
1307
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001308You can specify the DocBook version: >
1309 :let docbk_ver = 3
1310When not set 4 is used.
1311
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001312
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001313DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001315Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1316supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1317NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1318and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001319Select the version you want with the following line: >
1320
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001321 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001322
1323If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001324Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001325
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001326The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1327alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1328current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1329inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1330Stack Overflow -
1331
1332https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1333
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001334To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1335Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1336anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001337
1338 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1339
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001340If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1341block will be highlighted as an error.
1342
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001343There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001344"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1345is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001346
1347 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1348
1349If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1350
1351
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001352DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1353
1354Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001355(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1356idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001357
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001358There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1359explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1360Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001361 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1362or >
1363 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1364
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001365It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1366the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1367adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1369
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001370There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1371and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001372
1373Variable Default Effect ~
1374g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1375g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1376 doxygen comments.
1377
1378doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1379 and html_my_rendering underline.
1380
1381doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1382 colour highlighting.
1383
1384doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001385 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001386
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001387There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388configuration.
1389
1390Highlight Effect ~
1391doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1392 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1393doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1394 \endlink from a \link section.
1395
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001396
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001397DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001398
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001399The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1401
1402 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1403
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001404The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001405this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1406
1407 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1408
1409before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1410Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1411'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1412Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1413highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001414delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001415
1416 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1417
1418The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1419
1420
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001421EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001422
1423While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001424syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1425highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001426highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1427
1428 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1429
1430Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1431
1432Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1433
1434 :let eiffel_strict=1
1435 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1436
1437Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1438five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1439"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1440
1441Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1442guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1443lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1444
1445If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1446"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1447
1448 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1449
1450instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1451
1452Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1453experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1454
1455 :let eiffel_ise=1
1456
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001457Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458
1459 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1460
1461to your startup file.
1462
1463
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1465
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001466Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001467version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1469
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001470Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1471for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1473
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001474The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1475
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1477 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1478
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001479To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1481add the following line to your startup file: >
1482
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001483 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001485< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001487 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1488
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001489Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001490specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1491file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1492filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1493Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001494
1495
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001496ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001497
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001498Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001499the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001500
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001501The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1502put the following line in your vimrc: >
1503
1504 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1505
1506To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1507
1508 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509
1510
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001511ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1512
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001513Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1514maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001515
1516The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1517
1518 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1519
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001520Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001521specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1522file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1523filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1524Elixir.
1525
1526
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001527FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1528
1529FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001530NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001531development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001532
1533Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1534syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1535editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1536start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1537'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1538(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1539and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1540
1541If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1542move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1543 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
1548The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1549modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001550following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1552
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001553If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001554redefine the following syntax groups:
1555
1556 - formConditional
1557 - formNumber
1558 - formStatement
1559 - formHeaderStatement
1560 - formComment
1561 - formPreProc
1562 - formDirective
1563 - formType
1564 - formString
1565
1566Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1567directives per default in the same syntax group.
1568
1569A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001570header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1572
1573 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1574
1575The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001576gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1578
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001579Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1580should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1581the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1582
1583If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1584example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1586
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001588FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1589
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001590Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1591be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1592edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1593 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001594 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001600Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1601choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16022023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
160390, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1604respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001605items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001606
1607The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1608fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1609the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610
1611Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001612Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1614
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001615When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001616form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001618in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1619source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1621in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1622
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001623If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1624extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1625file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1626will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1627on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001629When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001631fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1632neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001633determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1634using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1635compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001636free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1637different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1638script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1639no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1640fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1641In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1642the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1643happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1644columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1645file.
1646
1647Vendor extensions ~
1648Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1649script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1650created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1651characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1652with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001653 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001654placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1655
1656If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1657set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1658 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1659placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1660
1661To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1662intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1663command such as >
1664 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1665placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001666
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001667Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001668Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001669fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001670Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001671using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1673 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001674placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001675mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1676
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001677Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001678Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1679fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001680 :let fortran_fold=1
1681to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1682is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001683subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1684units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1685constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1686fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001687 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001688then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001689select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1690be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001691
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001692The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1693comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1694non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1695or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001696items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697
1698Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001699Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1700strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001701because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1702
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001703For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001704|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001705
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001706FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1707
1708FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1709dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1710for how to select the correct dialect.
1711
1712Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1713
1714Variable Highlight ~
1715*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1716*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1717*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1718*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1719
1720
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001722FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
1724In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1725the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1726appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1727patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1728number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1729
1730For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1731as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1732
1733 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1734 \ set filetype=fvwm
1735
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001736GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
1738The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1739the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1740is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1741are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1742
1743 htmlString
1744 htmlValue
1745 htmlEndTag
1746 htmlTag
1747 htmlTagN
1748
1749Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1750java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1751group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1752correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1753to the contains clause.
1754
1755The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1756group to make them easier to see.
1757
1758
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001759GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
1761The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001762under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001763of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1764filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1765(see |filetype.txt|).
1766
1767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001768HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769
1770The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001771Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1773
1774If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1775light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1776 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1777To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1778add: >
1779 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1780To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1781 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1782And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1784If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1785your .vimrc: >
1786 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1787
1788The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1789directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001790directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1791operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1794
1795The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1796automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1797TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001798or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799in your .vimrc >
1800 :let lhs_markup = none
1801for no highlighting at all, or >
1802 :let lhs_markup = tex
1803to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1804For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1805this variable, so e.g. >
1806 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001808set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1809loading a file.
1810
1811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001812HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813
1814The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1815
1816The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1817This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001818closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1819are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1822names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1823makes it easy to spot errors
1824
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1827
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001828Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1830text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1831while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001832only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001833<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001834
1835If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1836following syntax groups:
1837
1838 - htmlBold
1839 - htmlBoldUnderline
1840 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1841 - htmlUnderline
1842 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1843 - htmlItalic
1844 - htmlTitle for titles
1845 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1846
1847To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1848of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1849following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1850are read during initialization) >
1851 :let html_my_rendering=1
1852
1853If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1854http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1855
1856You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1857vimrc file: >
1858 :let html_no_rendering=1
1859
1860HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1861details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1862However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001863ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1865
1866JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1867'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001868programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1869currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001870
1871Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1872
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001873There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1874written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001875following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1876(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001877>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001878 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1879 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1880
1881Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1882the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1883
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001884 *html-folding*
1885The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1886and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1887
1888 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1889 :set foldmethod=syntax
1890
1891Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1892especially for large files.
1893
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001894
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001895HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896
1897The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1898
1899Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1900doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1901this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1902different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1903 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1904
1905Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1906
1907Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1908signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1909a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1910 :set syntax=htmlos
1911
1912Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1913block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1914
1915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001916IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917
1918Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1919how to recognize this filetype.
1920
1921To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1922 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1923
1924
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001925INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926
1927Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1928most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1929to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1930 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1931
1932By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1933and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1934you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1935need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1936 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1937
1938This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1939set of highlighted system functions.
1940
1941The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1942it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1943by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1944startup sequence: >
1945 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1946
1947By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1948version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1949Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1950startup sequence: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1952
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001953IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1954
1955IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1956Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1957
1958IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1959rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001960repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001961
1962There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1963are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1964
1965The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1966
1967Variable Effect ~
1968
1969idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1970 extensions
1971idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1972idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1973 quite helpful)
1974idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1975
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001976
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001977JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001978
1979The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1980
1981In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1982flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001983classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1984old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1986
1987All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1988highlight them use: >
1989 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1990
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001991You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1993If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1994use the following: >
1995 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1996Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1997
1998Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001999how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000functions:
2001
2002If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2003a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2004 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2005However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2006supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2007 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2008If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2009declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2010definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2011original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2012
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002013In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002014only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002015statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016your startup file: >
2017 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2018The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002019characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002020new highlightings for the following groups.:
2021 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2022which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002024have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002025
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002026Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2027creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2028similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2029and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2031 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2032 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2033 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2034 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002035 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2037To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2038 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2041can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2042scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2043actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2044CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045 :let java_javascript=1
2046 :let java_css=1
2047 :let java_vb=1
2048
2049In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2050for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2051 :hi link javaParen Comment
2052or >
2053 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2054
2055If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2056when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2057to a larger number: >
2058 :let java_minlines = 50
2059This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2060displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2061number is that redrawing can become slow.
2062
2063
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002064JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2065
2066The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2067default. To disable concealment: >
2068 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2069
2070To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2071 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2072
2073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002074LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002075
2076Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2077style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2078define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2079 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2080
2081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002082LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083
2084Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2085gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2086 :syn sync minlines=300
2087may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2088difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2089
2090
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002091LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2092
2093To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2094
2095 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2096<
2097
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002098LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2099
2100The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2101
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002102 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002103 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2104 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002105 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002106 of parenthesization will receive different
2107 highlighting.
2108<
2109The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2110the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2111colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2112specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002113usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002114highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002117LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118
2119There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2120
2121If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2122
2123 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2124
2125For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2126set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2127
2128 :let lite_minlines = 200
2129
2130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002131LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002132
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002133LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2135users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2136should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2137
2138 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2139
2140If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002141modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002142
2143 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2144
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002145For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002146
2147 // vim:set ft=c:
2148
2149If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2150
2151There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002152used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002154assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2156
2157 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2158
2159For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2160
2161 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2162
2163For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2164
2165 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2166
2167For uLPC series of LPC:
2168uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2169instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2170
2171
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002172LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002173
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002174The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002175the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2176lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021775.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002178
2179 :let lua_version = 5
2180 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002183MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184
2185Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002186quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002187signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2188whitespaces and end with a newline.
2189
2190Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002191as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2193
2194By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002195displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2197
2198 :let mail_minlines = 30
2199
2200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002201MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202
2203In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2204errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2205feature off by using: >
2206
2207 :let make_no_commands = 1
2208
2209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002210MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211
2212Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2213supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2214The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2215highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2216
2217 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2218
2219to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2220choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22211, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2222$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2223
2224 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2225 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2226 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2227 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2228 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2229 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2230 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2231 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2232 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2233
2234
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002235MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2236
2237If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2238slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002239the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002240
2241 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2242
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002243If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2244documents you can enable like this: >
2245
2246 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2247
2248To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2249
2250 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2251
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002252
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002253MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002254
2255Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2256have the following in your .vimrc: >
2257
2258 let filetype_m = "mma"
2259
2260
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002261MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2262
2263Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2264dialect.
2265
2266The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2267
2268 taggedComment :=
2269 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2270 ;
2271
2272 dialectTag :=
2273 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2274 ;
2275
2276 reserved words
2277 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2278
2279A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2280lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2281additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2282
2283Example: >
2284
2285 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2286 ...
2287
2288Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2289dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2290defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2291
2292Example: >
2293
2294 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2295
2296
2297Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2298variables.
2299
2300Variable Highlight ~
2301*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2302*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2303*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2304
2305*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2306*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2307*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2308
2309*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2310
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002311MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002312
2313If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2314highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2315comments: >
2316
2317 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2318
2319To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2320
2321 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2322
2323To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2324'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2325
2326 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2327
2328Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2329
2330 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2331
2332To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2333
2334 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2335
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002336Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002337use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2338To enable this option: >
2339
2340 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2341
2342An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2343
2344 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2345
2346
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002347MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002348
2349There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2350
2351If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2352
2353 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2354
2355For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2356set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2357
2358 :let msql_minlines = 200
2359
2360
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002361N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2362
2363N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2364Couchbase Server databases.
2365
2366Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2367and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2368many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2369
2370
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002371NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002372
2373There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2374
2375If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2376errors, use this: >
2377
2378 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2379
2380If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2381
2382
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002383NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384
2385The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2386activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2387can use them.
2388
2389For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002390processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002391features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2392|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002393
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002394 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002395
2396Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2397Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2398there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002399you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002400can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2401native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2402\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2403accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2404environments.
2405
2406In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2407follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2408
24091. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2410
24112. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2412 exclamation mark, etc.
2413
24143. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2415 carriage return.
2416
2417The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2418algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2419
2420Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2421furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2422vertical space input will be output as is.
2423
2424Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2425than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2426practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002427marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002428need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002429spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2430
2431 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2432
2433Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2434with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2435highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002436"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002437
2438 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2439 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2440 \ gui=reverse,bold
2441
2442If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2443with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2444file: >
2445
2446 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2447
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002448As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002449paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2450
2451Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2452groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2453
2454
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002455OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002456
2457The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2458.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2459
2460 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2461
2462you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2463by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2464
2465 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2466
2467prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2468contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2469
2470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002471PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002472
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002473The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002474and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002475as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2476sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477you set the variable: >
2478
2479 :let papp_include_html=1
2480
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002481in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002482sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002483edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002484
2485The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2486http://papp.plan9.de.
2487
2488
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002489PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002490
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002491Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2492could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2493or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002494
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002495 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2496 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497
2498The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2499provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002500Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002501enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2502following line to your startup file: >
2503
2504 :let pascal_traditional=1
2505
2506To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2507keywords, etc): >
2508
2509 :let pascal_delphi=1
2510
2511
2512The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2513*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2514operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2515
2516 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2517
2518Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2519
2520 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2521
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002522Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2524match Turbo Pascal. >
2525
2526 :let pascal_gpc=1
2527
2528or >
2529
2530 :let pascal_fpc=1
2531
2532To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2533pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2534
2535 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2536
2537If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2538will be highlighted as Error. >
2539
2540 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2541
2542
2543
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002544PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002545
2546There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2547
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002548Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2549to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2550files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002552 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002554To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002555off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002556
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002557To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2558from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002560 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002562(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2563enabled it.)
2564
2565If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2566
2567 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2568
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002569(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002570
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002571The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2572be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2574
2575 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2576 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2577 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2578
2579(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2580
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002581The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2583If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002584then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2585figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002586
2587One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2588
2589 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2590 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2591
2592Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2593its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2594
2595 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2596
2597If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2598
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002599 :let perl_fold = 1
2600
2601If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2602
2603 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002604
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002605Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2606this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002607
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002608 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002609
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002610Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2611via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002612
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002613 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2614
2615Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2616behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2617
2618 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002619
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002620PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002621
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002622[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002623it has been renamed to "php"]
2624
2625There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2626
2627If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2628
2629 let php_sql_query = 1
2630
2631For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2632
2633 let php_baselib = 1
2634
2635Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2636
2637 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2638
2639Using the old colorstyle: >
2640
2641 let php_oldStyle = 1
2642
2643Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2644
2645 let php_asp_tags = 1
2646
2647Disable short tags: >
2648
2649 let php_noShortTags = 1
2650
2651For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2652
2653 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2654
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002655For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002656one: >
2657
2658 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2659
2660Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2661
2662 let php_folding = 1
2663
2664Selecting syncing method: >
2665
2666 let php_sync_method = x
2667
2668x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2669x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2670x = 0 to sync from start.
2671
2672
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002673PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2674
2675TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2676variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002677see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002678
2679This syntax file has the option >
2680
2681 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2682
2683if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2684
2685
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002686PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
2688PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2689
2690This syntax file has the options:
2691
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002692- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002693 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694
2695 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002696 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002698 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002700 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701
2702 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2703
2704- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2705 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2706
2707
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002708PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709
2710There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2711
2712If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2713
2714 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2715
2716For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2717set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2718
2719 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2720
2721
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002722POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723
2724There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2725
2726First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2727currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2728and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2729Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2730extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2731level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2732highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2733
2734 :let postscr_level=2
2735
2736If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2737the most prevalent version currently.
2738
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002739Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2741PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2742
2743If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2744Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2745follows: >
2746
2747 :let postscr_display=1
2748
2749If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2750Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2751postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2752
2753 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2754
2755PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2756useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2757cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2758character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2759explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2760highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2761
2762 :let postscr_fonts=1
2763 :let postscr_encodings=1
2764
2765There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2766PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2767operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2768if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2769operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2770or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2771highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2772postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2773
2774 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2775<
2776
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002777 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2778PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002779
2780This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2781
2782In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2783the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2784appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2785patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2786"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2787
2788For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2789files, add the following: >
2790
2791 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2792 \ set filetype=ptcap
2793
2794If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2795are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2796internal variable to a larger number: >
2797
2798 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2799
2800(The default is 20 lines.)
2801
2802
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002803PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002804
2805Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2806doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2807startup vimrc: >
2808 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2809The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2810Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2811 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2812 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2813
2814
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002815PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002817There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002818
2819For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002820 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002821
2822For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002823 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824
2825For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002826 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2827
2828For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2829 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2830or >
2831 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002832The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002833
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002834For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002835 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002836
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002837If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002838 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002839This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2840unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002841
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002842If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2843you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002844Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2845 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002846This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2847
2848Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2849 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2850
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002851
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002852QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002853
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002854The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2855based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2856between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2857definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2858to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2859be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002860
2861set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2862 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2863
2864set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2865 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2866
2867set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2868 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2869
2870Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2871commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2872
2873
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002874R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2875
2876The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2877can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2878 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2879
2880You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2881 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2882
2883enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2884braces: >
2885 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2886
2887and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2888 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2889
2890
2891R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2892
2893To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2894 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2895
2896To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2897 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2898
2899To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2900 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2901
2902By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00002903language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
2904highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
2905is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
2906behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
2907and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
2908 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
2909 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
2910 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
2911 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
2912 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
2913
2914If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
2915list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
2916the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002917 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2918
2919
2920R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2921
2922To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2923 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2924
2925
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002926READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002927
2928The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002929few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002930items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2931command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2932 let readline_has_bash = 1
2933
2934This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2935later, and part earlier) adds.
2936
2937
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002938REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2939
2940Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2941language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2942the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2943
2944
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002945RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2946
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002947Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2948select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2949syntax list.
2950
2951To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002952 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002953
2954To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2955`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2956 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002957 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2958 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002959 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002960 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002961
2962To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2963 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2964
2965To enable folding of sections: >
2966 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2967
2968Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2969
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002971REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002972
2973If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2974when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2975to a larger number: >
2976 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2977This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2978displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2979number is that redrawing can become slow.
2980
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002981Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2982comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2983your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2984>
2985 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002988RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002990 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2991 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2992 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2993 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2994 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2995
2996 *ruby_operators*
2997 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2998
2999Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3000
3001 :let ruby_operators = 1
3002<
3003 *ruby_space_errors*
3004 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3005
3006Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3007
3008 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3009<
3010This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3011as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3012"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3013spaces respectively.
3014
3015 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3016 Ruby: Folding ~
3017
3018Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3019
3020 :let ruby_fold = 1
3021<
3022This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3023buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3024filetypes.
3025
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003026Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3027"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3028
3029You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3030
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003031 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003032<
3033The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3034
3035 keyword meaning ~
3036 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3037 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3038 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003039 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003040 def "def" block
3041 class "class" block
3042 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003043 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003044 begin "begin" block
3045 case "case" block
3046 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003047 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3048 [ Array literal
3049 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3050 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003051 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003052 : Symbol
3053 # Multiline comment
3054 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003055 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3056
3057 *ruby_no_expensive*
3058 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059
3060By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003061of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003062experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3063you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003064
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003066<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003067In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3068
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003069 *ruby_minlines*
3070
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003071If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3072scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3073the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003074
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003075 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003076<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003077Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3078largest class or module.
3079
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003080 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3081 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003082
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003083Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3084"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003086 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003087<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003089SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003090
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003091By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003092
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003093scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3094Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003095
3096
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003097SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003098
3099The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3100of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3101
3102The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3103case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003104used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3106 :let sdl_2000=1
3107
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003108This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003109keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3110 :let SDL_no_96=1
3111
3112
3113The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3114satisfied with it for my own projects.
3115
3116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003117SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003118
3119To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003120highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003121
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003122 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3123<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003124in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3125inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3126by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3127also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3128you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3129
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003130GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3131comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3132comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3133
3134 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3135<
3136Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3137not (yet) affected by this setting.
3138
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003139Bugs:
3140
3141 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3142 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3143 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3144 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3145 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3146 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3147
3148
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003149SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
3151The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3152
3153The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3154This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3155closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3156defined for you)
3157
3158Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3159names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003161Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003162names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3163
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003164Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3166text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3167<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3168
3169If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3170following syntax groups:
3171
3172 - sgmlBold
3173 - sgmlBoldItalic
3174 - sgmlUnderline
3175 - sgmlItalic
3176 - sgmlLink for links
3177
3178To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3179following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3180are read during initialization) >
3181 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3182
3183You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3184vimrc file: >
3185 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3186
3187(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3188
3189
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003190 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003191SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003192
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003193This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3194shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003195
3196Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003197various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198
3199 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3200 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3201<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003202See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3203cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3204/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3205that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3206shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3207symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003209One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003210variables in your <.vimrc>:
3211
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003212 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003213 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003214< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003215 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003216< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003217 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003218< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003219 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003220
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003221< (dash users should use posix)
3222
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003223If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3224default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003225the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3226statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003227sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003228
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003229The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3230
3231 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3232 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3233 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3234 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003235>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003236then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003237syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3238to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003240 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3241
3242If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3243when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003244to a larger number. Example: >
3245
3246 let sh_minlines = 500
3247
3248This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3249displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3250number is that redrawing can become slow.
3251
3252If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3253reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3254
3255 let sh_maxlines = 100
3256<
3257The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3258speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3259
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003260syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003261unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003262for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3263the following line in your .vimrc: >
3264
3265 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3266<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003267
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003268 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3269 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003270
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003271You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3272Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3273file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3274
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003275 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003276 " ==============
3277 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3278 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3279 unlet b:current_syntax
3280 endif
3281 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3282 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3283 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3284 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3285 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3286<
3287This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3288 awk '...awk code here...'
3289be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3290extended to other languages.
3291
3292
3293SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3294(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003295
3296The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3297
3298- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3299 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3300 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3301
3302- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3303 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003304 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3306 them in the syntax file.
3307
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003308- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309 highlighting of # style comments.
3310
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003311 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003312 number of #s.
3313
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003314 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003315 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003317 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318 more than one #.
3319
3320Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003321PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003322fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3323the syntax file.
3324
3325
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003326SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3327 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003328 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003329
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003330While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3331custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3332SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003333
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003334Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3335scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3336supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3337buffer by buffer basis.
3338
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003339For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003340
3341
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003342SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3343
3344Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3345designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3346bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3347with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3348
3349
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003350TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003351
3352This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3353for how the filetype is detected.
3354
3355Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003356is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3357add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003358
3359 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3360
3361If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3362when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3363to a larger number: >
3364
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003365 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003367This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3368displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3369synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3370tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3371redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003372
3373
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003374TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003375 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003376
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003377 Tex Contents~
3378 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3379 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3380 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3381 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3382 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3383 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3384 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3385 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3386 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3387 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3388 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3389 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3390 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003391 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003392 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003393
3394 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003395 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003396
3397As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3398sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3399 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3400in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3401modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3402 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003403If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003404 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003405<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003406 *g:tex_nospell*
3407 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3408
3409If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3410 let g:tex_nospell=1
3411into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3412comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3413
3414 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003415 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003416
3417Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3418prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3419this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3420 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003421If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3422see |g:tex_nospell|.
3423
3424 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003425 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003426
3427Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3428one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3429want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3430 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003431<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003432 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003433 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003434
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003435The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3436highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3437texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3438terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3439as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3441 %stopzone
3442which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3443texMathZone.
3444
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003445 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003446 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003447
3448If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3449 :syn sync maxlines=200
3450 :syn sync minlines=50
3451(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003452increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003453if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3454
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003455Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3456|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3457
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003458 *g:tex_fast*
3459
3460Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3461
3462 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3463
3464in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3465highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3466synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3467price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3468folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3469
3470You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3471selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3472
3473 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3474 c : allow texComment syntax
3475 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3476 M : allow texMath syntax
3477 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3478 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3479 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3480 S : allow texStyle syntax
3481 v : allow verbatim syntax
3482 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3483<
3484As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3485but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003486(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003487
3488 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003489 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003490
3491LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3492of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3493package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3494it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3495techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003496by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3497which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3498http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003499
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003500I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3501
3502 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3503<
3504The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3505
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003506 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003507 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508
3509The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3510although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3511errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3512you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003513 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003514and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003515
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003516 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003517 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518
3519If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3520code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003521 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3522You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3523(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3524As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3525 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3526You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3527and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3528The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3529has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003530
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003531 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003532 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003533
3534One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3535commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3536following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3537such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3538
3539 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3540 :set ft=tex
3541
3542Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3543always accept such use of @.
3544
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003545 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003546 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003547
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003548If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3549number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3550including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3551superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3552superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3553In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3554
3555One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3556with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003557
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003558 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003559 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3560
3561You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003562<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3563for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003564
3565 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003566 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003567 d = delimiters
3568 m = math symbols
3569 g = Greek
3570 s = superscripts/subscripts
3571<
3572By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3573substitution will not be made.
3574
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003575 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3576 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3577
3578Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3579keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3580syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3581
3582 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3583 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3584 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003585 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003586 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3587 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3588 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003589 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003590
3591 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3592 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3593
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003594 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3595 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3596
3597 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3598
3599 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3600 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3601
3602 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3603 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3604 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3605 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3606
3607 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3608 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3609<
3610 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3611 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3612 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3613< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3614 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3615
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003616 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3617 Tex: Match Check Control~
3618
3619 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003620 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3621 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003622 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3623 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3624 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3625< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3626 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3627 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3628< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3629 regions, >
3630 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3631< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003632
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003633TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003634
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003635There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3636
3637For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3638set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3639
3640 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3641<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003642VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3643 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003644There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003645updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3646g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3647improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003649 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3650 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3651<
3652 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3653 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003654
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003655 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3656The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3657embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003659 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3660 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003661 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3662 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3663 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3664 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3665 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003666<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003667By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3668itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3669of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3670and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003671 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003672
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003673Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003674
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003675 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3676 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3677 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003678 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003679 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3680 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3681 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3682 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3683 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003684<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003685 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003686Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3687is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003688highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003689
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003690 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3691<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003692
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003693
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003694WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3695
3696The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3697with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3698bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3699https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3700
3701
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003702XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003703
3704The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3705variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3706You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3707xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3708your .vimrc. Example: >
3709 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3710When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3711
3712Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3713"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3714highlighted.
3715
3716
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003717XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003719Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720setting a global variable: >
3721
3722 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3723<
3724 *xml-folding*
3725The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003726start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727
3728 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3729 :set foldmethod=syntax
3730
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003731Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003732especially for large files.
3733
3734
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003735X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736
3737xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3738XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3739you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3740
3741To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3742somewhere else with "P".
3743
3744Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3745 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003746 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003747 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003748 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3749 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003750 :endfunction
3751 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3752 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3753This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3754It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3755must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3756
3757It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3758 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3759
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003760
3761YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3762
3763 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003764A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3765non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3766plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3767and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3768integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003769will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3770
3771Schema Description ~
3772failsafe No additional highlighting.
3773json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3774core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003775pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3776 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3777 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003778 schema.
3779
3780Default schema is `core`.
3781
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003782Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3783only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003784difference defined in the syntax file.
3785
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003786
3787ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3788
3789The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3790
3791 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3792
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003793==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037946. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795
3796Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3797
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037981. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003799 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3800 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3801 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3802 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3803 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3804 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003805
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000038062. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003807 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3808
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000038093. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3811 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3812 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3813
3814Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3815you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3816to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3817and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3818"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3819one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3820This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3821each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3822for a lot of groups.
3823
3824Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3825group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3826for the syntax group with the same name.
3827
3828In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3829defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3830using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3831match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3832keyword with ignoring case.
3833
3834
3835PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3836
3837When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3838
38391. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3840 defined last has priority.
38412. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
38423. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3843 start in later positions.
3844
3845
3846DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3847
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003848:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003849 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3850 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3851 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3852 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3853
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003854:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003855 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003856
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003857
3858DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3859
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003860:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3861:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003862 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3863 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3864
3865 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3866 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3867
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003868 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003869 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3870 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3871 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3872
3873:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003874 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3875 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003876
3877 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3878
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003879SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3880
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003881:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3882:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3883:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003884 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3885 in a syntax item:
3886
3887 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3888 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3889 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3890
3891 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3892 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3893 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3894
3895 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3896
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003897:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003898 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3899 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003900
3901
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003902SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3903
3904:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3905 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3906 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3907
3908 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3909 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003910 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003911
3912 Example: >
3913 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3914<
3915 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3916 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3917 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3918
3919 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3920
3921 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003922 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003923 match.
3924
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003925 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3926 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003927 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003928
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003929DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3930
3931:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3932
3933 This defines a number of keywords.
3934
3935 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3936 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3937 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3938
3939 Example: >
3940 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3941<
3942 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3943 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3944 These examples do exactly the same: >
3945 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3946 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3947 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003948< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003949 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3950 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3951 variations at once: >
3952 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3953<
3954 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3955 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3956 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3957 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3958 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003959 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003960
3961 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3962 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3963 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3964
3965 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3966 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3967 instead.
3968
3969 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3970
3971 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3972 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3973 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003974 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003975 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3976 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3977< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3978 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3979 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3980
3981
3982DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3983
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003984:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3985 [excludenl]
3986 [keepend]
3987 {pattern}
3988 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003989
3990 This defines one match.
3991
3992 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3993 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3994 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3995 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3996 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003997 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3998 match with the end pattern. See
3999 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004000 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4001 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4002 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4003 line, which makes the match depend on where
4004 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4005 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4006
4007 Example (match a character constant): >
4008 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4009<
4010
4011DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4012 *E398* *E399*
4013:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4014 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4015 [keepend]
4016 [extend]
4017 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004018 start={start-pattern} ..
4019 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4020 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004021 [{options}]
4022
4023 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4024
4025 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4026 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4027 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4028 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4029 for the text in between the matched start and
4030 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4031 a different group for the start or end match.
4032 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4033 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4034 match with the end pattern. See
4035 |:syn-keepend|.
4036 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004037 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004038 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4039 extend a containing match or item. Only
4040 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4041 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004042 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004043 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004044 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004045 the region where not to look for the end
4046 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004047 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004048 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4049
4050 Example: >
4051 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4052<
4053 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4054 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4055 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4056 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4057 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4058 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4059
4060 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4061 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4062 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4063 the end patterns.
4064
4065 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4066 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4067 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4068
4069 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4070 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4071 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4072 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4073
4074 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4075 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4076 work: >
4077 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4078 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4079< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4080 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4081 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4082 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4083 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4084< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4085 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4086
4087 *:syn-keepend*
4088 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4089 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4090 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4091 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4092 { starts outer "{}" region
4093 { starts contained "{}" region
4094 } ends contained "{}" region
4095 } ends outer "{} region
4096 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4097 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4098 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4099 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4100 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4101 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4102 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4103< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4104 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4105
4106 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4107 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4108 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4109 contained matches.
4110 *:syn-extend*
4111 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4112 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4113 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4114 extended.
4115 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4116 others don't. Example: >
4117
4118 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4119 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4120 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4121
4122< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4123 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4124 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4125
4126 Another example: >
4127 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4128< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4129 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4130 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4131 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4132 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4133
4134 *:syn-excludenl*
4135 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4136 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4137 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4138 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4139 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4140 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4141 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4142 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4143 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4144 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4145 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4146 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4147 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4148
4149 *:syn-matchgroup*
4150 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4151 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4152 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4153< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4154 between with the "String" group.
4155 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4156 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4157 using a matchgroup.
4158
4159 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4160 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4161 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4162 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4163 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4164
4165 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4166 different colors: >
4167 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4168 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4169 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4170 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4171 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4172 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004173<
4174 *E849*
4175The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004176
4177==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041787. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004179
4180The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4181The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4182and may be mixed with patterns.
4183
4184Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4185can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004186 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004187 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4188:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4189:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4190:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004191
4192These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004193 conceal
4194 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004195 contained
4196 containedin
4197 nextgroup
4198 transparent
4199 skipwhite
4200 skipnl
4201 skipempty
4202
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004203conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4204
4205When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004206Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004207'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4208concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4209edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004210Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004211
4212concealends *:syn-concealends*
4213
4214When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4215the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4216Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4217'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4218in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4219
4220cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004221 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004222The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4223when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4224argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004225character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4226a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004227 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004228See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004229
4230contained *:syn-contained*
4231
4232When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4233the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4234another match. Example: >
4235 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4236 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4237
4238
4239display *:syn-display*
4240
4241If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4242detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4243by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4244to be displayed.
4245
4246Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4247conditions:
4248- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4249 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4250 line.
4251- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4252 make it continue on the next line.
4253- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4254 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4255 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4256- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4257 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4258 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4259 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4260
4261Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4262- match with a number
4263- match with a label
4264
4265
4266transparent *:syn-transparent*
4267
4268If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4269itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4270is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4271only to skip over a part of the text.
4272
4273The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4274unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4275avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4276highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4277 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4278 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4279 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4280 :hi link myString String
4281 :hi link myWord Comment
4282Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4283match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4284argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4285it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4286out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004287"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004288happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4289position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4290
4291When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4292items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4293see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4294through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4295
4296 look from here
4297
4298 | | | | | |
4299 V V V V V V
4300
4301 xxxx yyy more contained items
4302 .................... contained item (transparent)
4303 ============================= first item
4304
4305The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4306transparent group.
4307
4308What you see is:
4309
4310 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4311
4312Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4313
4314
4315oneline *:syn-oneline*
4316
4317The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4318boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4319region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4320the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4321continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4322line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4323
4324When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4325pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4326end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4327means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4328be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4329line break.
4330
4331
4332fold *:syn-fold*
4333
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004334The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004335Example: >
4336 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4337 :syn sync fromstart
4338 :set foldmethod=syntax
4339This will make each {} block form one fold.
4340
4341The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4342ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4343The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004344See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4345from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004346{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4347
4348
4349 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004350contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004351
4352The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4353groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4354containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4355regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4356this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4357here.
4358
4359contains=ALL
4360 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4361 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4362
4363contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4364 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4365 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4366 are listed. Example: >
4367 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4368
4369contains=TOP
4370 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4371 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4372 argument.
4373contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4374 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4375
4376contains=CONTAINED
4377 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4378 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4379 argument.
4380contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4381 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4382 listed.
4383
4384
4385The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4386that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4387The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4388 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4389The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4390that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4391command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4392syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4393the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4394group names.
4395
4396The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4397region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4398|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4399region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4400area that is highlighted
4401
4402
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004403containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004404
4405The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4406item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4407containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4408
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004409The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004410
4411This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4412be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4413of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4414the C syntax: >
4415 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4416Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4417level.
4418
4419Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4420appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4421keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4422work.
4423
4424
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004425nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004426
4427The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4428separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4429
4430If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4431tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4432a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4433will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4434current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4435other groups. Example: >
4436 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4437 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4438 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4439
4440This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4441"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4442highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4443
4444 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4445 fff bbb fff bbb
4446
4447Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4448when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4449highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4450would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4451
4452
4453skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4454skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4455skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4456
4457These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4458used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004459 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004460 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4461 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4462
4463When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4464next group that matches the white space.
4465
4466When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4467line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4468line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4469the current item in the same line.
4470
4471When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4472groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4473for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4474space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4475
4476Example: >
4477 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4478 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4479 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4480Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4481match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4482precedence.
4483Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4484"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4485example).
4486
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004487IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4488
4489:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4490 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4491 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4492 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4493 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4494 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4495 given explicitly.
4496
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004497:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004498 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004499
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004500==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045018. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004502
4503In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4504characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4505use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4506use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4507 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4508 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4509
4510See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004511always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004512value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4513not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4514independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4515
4516Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4517This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4518
4519 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4520The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4521change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4522match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4523are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4524pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4525
4526The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4527The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4528
4529ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4530me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4531hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4532he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4533rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4534re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4535lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4536
4537The {offset} can be:
4538
4539s start of the matched pattern
4540s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4541s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4542e end of the matched pattern
4543e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4544e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004545{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004546
4547Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4548
4549Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4550meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4551
4552 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4553match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4554region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4555region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4556region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4557
4558Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4559 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4560<
4561 some "string" text
4562 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4563
4564Notes:
4565- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4566 offset(s).
4567- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4568- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4569 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004570- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004571 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004572 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004573- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4574 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4575 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4576
4577Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4578 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4579<
4580 /* this is a comment */
4581 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4582
4583A more complicated Example: >
4584 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4585<
4586 abcfoostringbarabc
4587 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004588 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004589
4590Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4591
4592Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4593with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004594in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004595
4596The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4597be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4598cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4599characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4600used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4601specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4602
4603 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4604 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4605 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4606<
4607 ___zzzz ___wwww
4608 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4609 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4610 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4611
4612The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4613unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4614
4615
4616Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4617
4618The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4619expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4620
4621When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4622allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004623following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4624the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004625
4626The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4627continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4628matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4629halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4630previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4631is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4632 x x a
4633 b x x
4634Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4635after the "\n".
4636
4637
4638External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4639
4640These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4641
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004642 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004643 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4644 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4645 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004646
4647 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4648 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4649 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4650 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4651
4652Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4653sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4654shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4655items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4656referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4657example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4658 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4659
4660As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4661it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004662changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004663first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4664also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004665 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004666
4667Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4668indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4669to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4670Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4671within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4672sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4673the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4674
4675Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4676cannot be referred to.
4677
4678==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046799. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004680
4681:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4682 [add={group-name}..]
4683 [remove={group-name}..]
4684
4685This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4686single name.
4687
4688 contains={group-name}..
4689 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4690 add={group-name}..
4691 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4692 remove={group-name}..
4693 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4694
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004695A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4696nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4697this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004698
4699Example: >
4700 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4701 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4702
4703As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4704retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4705to speak: >
4706 :syntax keyword A aaa
4707 :syntax keyword B bbb
4708 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4709 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4710 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4711
4712This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4713 :syntax keyword A aaa
4714 :syntax keyword B bbb
4715 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4716 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4717 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4718 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4719 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004720<
4721 *E848*
4722The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004723
4724==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100472510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004726
4727It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4728a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4729two different ways:
4730
4731 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4732 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4733 the |:runtime| command: >
4734
4735 " In cpp.vim:
4736 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4737 :unlet b:current_syntax
4738
4739< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4740 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4741 ":syntax include" command:
4742
4743:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4744
4745 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4746 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4747 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4748 that list. >
4749
4750 " In perl.vim:
4751 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4752 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4753<
4754 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4755 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4756 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4757 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4758 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004759 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4760 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004761
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004762 *E847*
4763The maximum number of includes is 999.
4764
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004765==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100476611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004767
4768Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4769make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4770redrawing starts.
4771
4772:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4773
4774There are four ways to synchronize:
47751. Always parse from the start of the file.
4776 |:syn-sync-first|
47772. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4778 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4779 |:syn-sync-second|
47803. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4781 |:syn-sync-third|
47824. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4783 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4784
4785 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4786For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4787limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4788
4789If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4790that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4791lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4792
4793If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4794for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4795adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4796slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004797 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004798<
4799 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4800When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4801cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4802start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4803the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4804break use this: >
4805 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4806The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4807change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4808value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4809
4810
4811First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4812>
4813 :syntax sync fromstart
4814
4815The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4816accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4817so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004818when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004819case: to the end of the file).
4820
4821Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4822
4823
4824Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4825
4826For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4827Example: >
4828 :syntax sync ccomment
4829
4830When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4831comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4832used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4833An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4834 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4835This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4836used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4837region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4838
4839The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4840lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4841lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4842lines, but it hard to sync on).
4843
4844Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4845that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4846is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4847chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4848is hardly ever noticed.
4849
4850
4851Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4852
4853For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4854Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4855means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4856Example: >
4857 :syntax sync minlines=50
4858
4859"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4860
4861
4862Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4863
4864The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4865sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4866region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4867starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4868the search continues backwards in the file.
4869
4870This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4871matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4872- Keywords cannot be used.
4873- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4874 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4875- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4876 forwards.
4877- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4878 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4879 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004880 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004881- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4882 group of continued lines).
4883- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4884 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4885 line (or group of continued lines).
4886- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4887 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4888 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4889 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4890
4891There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48921. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4893 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4894 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4895 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48962. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4897 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4898 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4899 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4900Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4901
4902Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4903avoid finding unwanted matches.
4904
4905[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4906search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4907highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4908faster.]
4909
4910 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4911 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4912
4913 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4914 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4915 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4916 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4917 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4918
4919 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4920 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4921
4922 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4923 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4924 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4925 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4926 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4927 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4928 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4929 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4930 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4931 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4932
4933 :syntax sync match ..
4934 :syntax sync region ..
4935
4936 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4937 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4938
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004939 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004940 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4941
4942 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4943 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4944 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4945
4946If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4947searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4948few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4949 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4950
4951You can clear all sync settings with: >
4952 :syntax sync clear
4953
4954You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4955 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4956
4957==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100495812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004959
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004960This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004961
4962 :sy[ntax] [list]
4963
4964To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4965
4966 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4967
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004968To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004969
4970 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4971
4972See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4973
4974Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4975is mostly used, because it looks better.
4976
4977==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100497813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004979
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004980In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004981and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4982of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004983
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004984 colorscheme pablo
4985<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004986 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004987:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4988 This is basically the same as >
4989 :echo g:colors_name
4990< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4991 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4992 feature it will output "unknown".
4993
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004994:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004995 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004996 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004997 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4998 "start" and then under "opt".
4999
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005000 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005001 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005002
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005003You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5004appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5005the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5006darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005007
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005008 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5009 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005010<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005011For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5012use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5013the original color scheme: >
5014 runtime colors/evening.vim
5015 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005016
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005017Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5018(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5019autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5020|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5021
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005022 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005023If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5024using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5025color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5026 augroup my_colorschemes
5027 au!
5028 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5029 augroup END
5030
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005031Change a couple more colors: >
5032 augroup my_colorschemes
5033 au!
5034 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005035 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005036 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5037 augroup END
5038
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005039If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5040colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5041 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5042 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5043
5044With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5045different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5046group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5047you can find them here:
5048https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5049
5050For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5051 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5052
5053
5054==============================================================================
505514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5056
5057There are three types of highlight groups:
5058- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5059 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5060 linked to a group of the second type.
5061- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5062- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5063 *hitest.vim*
5064You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5065 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5066This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5067in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005068
5069:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5070 attributes set.
5071
5072:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5073 List one highlight group.
5074
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005075 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005076:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005077 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005078 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5079 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005080 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005081
5082:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5083:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5084 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5085 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5086
5087:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5088 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005089 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005090 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005091 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005092 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5093 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5094 argument.
5095
5096Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5097default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5098highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5099values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5100the default value.
5101
5102A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5103a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5104
5105 :hi Comment gui=bold
5106
5107Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5108specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5109result is like this single command has been used: >
5110 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5111<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005112 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005113When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5114also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5115 :verbose hi Comment
5116< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005117 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005118
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005119When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5120mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005121
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005122 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5123There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5124term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005125cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005126 termcap entry)
5127gui the GUI
5128
5129For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5130the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5131
51321. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5133
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005134 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005135 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5136 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5137 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005139 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005140 following items (in any order):
5141 bold
5142 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005143 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005144 underdouble not always available
5145 underdotted not always available
5146 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005147 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005148 reverse
5149 inverse same as reverse
5150 italic
5151 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005152 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005153 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5154
5155 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5156 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005157 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005158 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005159 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005160 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5161 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5162 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5163 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5164 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5165
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005166< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5167 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5168 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5169 have to specify the codes like this: >
5170 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5171 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5172 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5173< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5174 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5175 fallback.
5176
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005177
5178start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5179stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5180 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5181 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5182
5183 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5184 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5185 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5186 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5187 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5188 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5189 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5190
5191 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5192
5193 1. A string with escape sequences.
5194 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5195 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5196 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5197 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5198
5199 2. A list of terminal codes.
5200 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5201 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5202 White space is not allowed. Example:
5203 start=t_C1,t_BL
5204 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5205
5206
52072. highlight arguments for color terminals
5208
5209cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5210 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5211 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5212 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5213 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005214 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5215 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5216 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005217
5218ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5219ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005220ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5221 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5222 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5223
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005224 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5225 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5226 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5227 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5228 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5229 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5230
5231 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5232 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5233 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5234 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5235 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005236 *tmux*
5237 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5238 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005239 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5240 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005241< More info at:
5242 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5243 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005244
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005245 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5246 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5247 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005248 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5249 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5250
5251 *cterm-colors*
5252 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5253 0 0 Black
5254 1 4 DarkBlue
5255 2 2 DarkGreen
5256 3 6 DarkCyan
5257 4 1 DarkRed
5258 5 5 DarkMagenta
5259 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5260 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5261 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5262 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5263 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5264 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5265 12 1* Red, LightRed
5266 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5267 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5268 15 7* White
5269
5270 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5271 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5272 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5273 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5274 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5275 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5276 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5277 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5278 a number instead of a color name.
5279
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005280 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5281 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005282 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005283 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5284 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005285
5286 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5287 colors!
5288
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005289 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005291 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5292 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5293 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5294 Example: >
5295 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5296< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005297 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5298 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5299 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5300 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5301 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005302 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005303 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005304 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305
5306 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5307 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5308 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5309 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005310 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5311 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5312 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5313 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5314 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005315 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5316< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005317 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5319
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005320ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5321 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5322 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5323 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5324 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5325 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5326 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5327 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328
53293. highlight arguments for the GUI
5330
5331gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5332 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5333 See |attr-list| for a description.
5334 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5335 have the same effect.
5336 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5337
5338font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5339 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5340 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5341 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5342<
5343 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5344 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5345 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5346 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005347 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005348 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5349 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5350 changed.
5351 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5352 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5353 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005354 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5355 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5356 Example: >
5357 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005358
5359guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5360guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005361guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5362 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005363 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5364 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005365 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005366 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005367 bg use normal background color
5368 background use normal background color
5369 fg use normal foreground color
5370 foreground use normal foreground color
5371 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5372 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5373 Example: >
5374 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5375<
5376 *gui-colors*
5377 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5378 Red LightRed DarkRed
5379 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5380 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5381 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5382 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5383 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5384 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5385 Black White
5386 Orange Purple Violet
5387
5388 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5389 |win32-colors|.
5390
5391 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5392 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5393 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005395 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005396 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005397 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005398<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005399 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005400 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5401 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005402
5403 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5404 # override it.
5405 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5406 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5407<
5408 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5409 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5410 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5411 scheme: >
5412
5413 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5414 colorscheme alt
5415<
5416 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5417 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5418 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5419 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5420 by a color scheme using: >
5421
5422 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5423 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5424<
5425
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005426 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5427These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5428'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5429of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5430command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005431When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5432unreadable use Visual selection.
5433
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005434 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005436 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5438 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005439 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005440Cursor Character under the cursor.
5441lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5442 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005443 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005444CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005445 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005446CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005447 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005448CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005450Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005452DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005456DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005458DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005459 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005460EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005461 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005462 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005463ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005464 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005465VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005466 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005467Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005468 *hl-FoldColumn*
5469FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5470 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005471SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005472 *hl-IncSearch*
5473IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005474 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005475 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005476LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005477 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005478 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5479LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5480 option is set, above the cursor line.
5481 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5482LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5483 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005484 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005485CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5486 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005487 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5488CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005489 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5490CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005491 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005492MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005493 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005494 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005495MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5496 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005497 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005498ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005499 *hl-MoreMsg*
5500MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5501 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005502NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5503 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5504 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5505 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5506 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005507 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005508Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005509 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005510Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005511 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005512PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005513 *hl-PmenuKind*
5514PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5515 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5516PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5517 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5518PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5519 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5520PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005521 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005522PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005523 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5524PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005525 *hl-PopupNotification*
5526PopupNotification
5527 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5528 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005530Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005531 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5532QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533 *hl-Search*
5534Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005535 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005536 *hl-CurSearch*
5537CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005538 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5539 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005540 *hl-SpecialKey*
5541SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5542 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005543 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005544 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005545 *hl-SpellBad*
5546SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5547 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005548 *hl-SpellCap*
5549SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5550 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005551 *hl-SpellLocal*
5552SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5553 used in another region. |spell|
5554 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5555 *hl-SpellRare*
5556SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5557 hardly ever used. |spell|
5558 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005559 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005560StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005561 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5562StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005563 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005565 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005566StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005567 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005568StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5569 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005570 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005571TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005572 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005573TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005574 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005575TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005576 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005577Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005579Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005581Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582 *hl-VisualNOS*
5583VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5584 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5585 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005586WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005587 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005588WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005589
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005590 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005591The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005592statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005593
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005594For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5596Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5597and guifg.
5598
5599 *hl-Menu*
5600Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5601 Also used for the toolbar.
5602 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5603
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005604 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005605 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5606 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5607 set.
5608
5609 *hl-Scrollbar*
5610Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5611 scrollbars.
5612 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5613
5614 *hl-Tooltip*
5615Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5616 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5617
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005618 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005619 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5620 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5621 set.
5622
5623==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100562415. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005625
5626When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5627can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5628group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5629
5630To set a link:
5631
5632 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5633
5634To remove a link:
5635
5636 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5637
5638Notes: *E414*
5639- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5640 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5641- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5642 removed.
5643- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5644 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5645 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5646 links for groups that already have settings.
5647
5648 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5649The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5650group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5651will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5652
5653Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5654specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5655 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5656If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5657 :highlight link cComment Question
5658Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5659overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5660
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005661To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5662highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5663another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5664"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5665 highlight! default link cComment Question
5666
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100566816. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005669
5670If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5671command: >
5672 :syntax clear
5673
5674This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5675or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5676in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5677load the syntax file.
5678The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5679loaded after this command.
5680
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005681To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5682 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5683This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5684
5685To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5686 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5687This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5688
5689 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5691the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5692 :syntax off
5693
5694What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5695 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5696See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5697$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5698
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005699 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5700If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5701defaults back: >
5702
5703 :syntax reset
5704
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005705It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5706affects the highlighting.
5707
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005708This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5709
5710Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5711back to their Vim default.
5712Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5713scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5714
5715What this actually does is: >
5716
5717 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5718 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5719
5720Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5721
5722 *syncolor*
5723If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5724script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5725'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5726the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5727reset" command.
5728
5729For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5730
5731 if &background == "light"
5732 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5733 else
5734 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5735 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005736<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005737 *E679*
5738Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5739'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5740endless loop.
5741
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005742Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5743your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5744depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5745
5746 *syntax_cmd*
5747The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5748syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005749 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005751 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5752 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5753 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 the colors.
5755 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5756 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5757 them.
5758
5759==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100576017. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005761
5762If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5763mappings.
5764
5765 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5766 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5767>
5768 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5769 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5770
5771WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5772memory Vim will consume.
5773
5774Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005775must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5776at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005777
5778Put these lines in your Makefile:
5779
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005780# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781types: types.vim
5782types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005783 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005784 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5785 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5786
5787And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5788
5789 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005790 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005791 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005792 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005793 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5794
5795==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100579618. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005797
5798Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5799possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5800private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5801with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5802highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5803italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5804
5805To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5806windows on the buffer: >
5807 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005808< *w:current_syntax*
5809This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5810"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5811restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5812"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5813"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005814Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005815
5816Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005817on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005818syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005819same buffer.
5820
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005821A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5822is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5823When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005824
5825==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100582619. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005827
5828Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5829default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5830 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5831 : if has("terminfo")
5832 : set t_Co=8
5833 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5834 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5835 : else
5836 : set t_Co=8
5837 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5838 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5839 : endif
5840 :endif
5841< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5842
5843You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5844e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5845
5846Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5847be wrong.
5848 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5849The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5850But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5851 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5852 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5853<
5854 *colortest.vim*
5855To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005856To use it, execute this command: >
5857 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005859Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005860output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5861at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5862colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5863
5864 *xfree-xterm*
5865To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005866included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005867at: >
5868 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5869Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5870termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5871supports. >
5872 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5873If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5874(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5875
5876This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5877 :if has("terminfo")
5878 : set t_Co=16
5879 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5880 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5881 :else
5882 : set t_Co=16
5883 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5884 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5885 :endif
5886< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5887
5888Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5889translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5890Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5891
5892For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5893
5894 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5895 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5896
5897Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5898and try if that works.
5899
5900You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5901 XTerm*color0: #000000
5902 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5903 XTerm*color2: #008000
5904 XTerm*color3: #808000
5905 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5906 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5907 XTerm*color6: #008080
5908 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5909 XTerm*color8: #808080
5910 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5911 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5912 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5913 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5914 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5915 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5916 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5917 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5918
5919[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5920cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005921newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005922
5923To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5924Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5925 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5926<
5927 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5928To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5929Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5930these resources:
5931 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5932 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5933 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5934 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5935
5936 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005937These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005938foreground colors: >
5939 :if has("terminfo")
5940 : set t_Co=8
5941 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5942 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5943 :else
5944 : set t_Co=8
5945 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5946 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5947 :endif
5948< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5949
5950 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5951These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5952emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5953bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5954 :set t_Co=16
5955 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5956 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5957<
5958 *TTpro-telnet*
5959These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5960open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5961 set t_Co=16
5962 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5963 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5964Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5965that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5966(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5967
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005968
5969==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100597020. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005971
5972This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5973
5974If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5975faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5976as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5977
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005978Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005979You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5980
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005981To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5982sequence: >
5983 :syntime on
5984 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5985 :syntime report
5986
5987This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5988it took to match them against the text.
5989
5990:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5991 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5992 matching.
5993
5994:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5995
5996:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5997
5998:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5999 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6000 the output.
6001
6002 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6003 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6004 matching this pattern.
6005 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6006 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6007 matched
6008 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6009 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6010 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6011 this is not unique.
6012 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6013
6014Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6015include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6016pattern does NOT match.
6017
6018When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6019all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6020literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6021
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006022"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006023 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006024"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006025
6026
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006027 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: